LL FLASH Functions ¶
LL FLASH Functions ¶
- group FLASH_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
¶
-
Set Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_SetLatency
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
latency – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetLatency
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance. ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_GetLatency
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash prefetch is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash prefetch (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash low power read mode is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash low power read mode (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Request flash bank power down mode during run mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ACR PDREQx (x : 1 to 2) LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
¶
-
Set the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
key
)
¶
-
Set the flash power down key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PDKEY1R/PDKEY2R PDKEY1/PDKEY2 LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
¶
-
Set the flash unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSKEYR/SECKEYR NSKEY/SECKEY LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
¶
-
Set the flash unlock key for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSKEYR NSKEY LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_EnableBank1MassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
¶
-
Set the flash page erase index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
¶
-
Set the flash page erase index for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
¶
-
Set the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
¶
-
Set the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
¶
-
Set the configuration of flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
¶
-
Set the configuration of flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase page.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase page for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Start the flash erase bank for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable all flash operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable all flash operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Start the flash option bytes modification.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
¶
-
Enable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
¶
-
Enable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
¶
-
Disable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
¶
-
Disable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Launch the flash option bytes loading.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash option bytes loading is launched.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes launch (1 launched / 0 not launched).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sec_state_inversion
)
¶
-
Set the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sec_state_inversion – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Lock the flash option bytes control access registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash option bytes control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Lock the flash control assess registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_Lock
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Lock the flash control assess registers for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_IsLocked
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash ECC fail address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ADDR_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash ECC fail bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR BK_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash ECC fail system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash ECC fail area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR BK_ECC/SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash ECC interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECC interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash ECC single error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCC flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash ECC single error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash ECC double error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCD flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash ECC double error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash interrupted operation address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR ADDR_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash interrupted operation bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR BK_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash interrupted operation system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR SYSF_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation system flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash interrupted operation code.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR CODE_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation code.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rdp_level
)
¶
-
Set the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rdp_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bor_level
)
¶
-
Set the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bor_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
¶
-
Set the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
¶
-
Set the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
¶
-
Set the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram
)
¶
-
Set the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
¶
-
Set the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in stop mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in standby mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
¶
-
Set the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
swap_bank
)
¶
-
Set the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
swap_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
single_dual_bank
)
¶
-
Set the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
single_dual_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if flash backup rAM ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCBKPRAM (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM3
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash sram3 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM3
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash sram3 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM3
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash sram3 ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCSRAM3 (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash sram2 ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCSRAM2 (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram2
)
¶
-
Set the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sw_boot0
)
¶
-
Set the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR nSWBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sw_boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
nboot0
)
¶
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
nboot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot0
)
¶
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash PA15 pull-up is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes PA15 pull-up (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDD voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash global TrustZone security is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes trustzone (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
)
¶
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Lock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Unlock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check the flash secure boot address 0 lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes secure boot lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
¶
-
Set the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Get the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Configuration the flash secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT/SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Enable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Disable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check if the flash hide protection area is enabled or disabled by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes hide protection area (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Lock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Unlock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check the flash write protection area A lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Lock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Unlock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check the flash write protection area B lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area B configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
¶
-
Configuration the flash write protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
¶
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
¶
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
¶
-
Lock the flash write protection area by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
¶
-
Unlock the flash write protection area by bank and area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
¶
-
Check the flash write protection area lock state by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key1
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEM1 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR1 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key2
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEM1 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR2 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key1
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEM2 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR1 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key2
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEM2 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR2 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key1
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEMx least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR1/OEM2KEYR1 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key2
)
¶
-
Set the flash OEMx most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR2/OEM2KEYR2 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
sec_attr
)
¶
-
Set the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sec_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
¶
-
Get the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
priv_attr
)
¶
-
Set the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
priv_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
¶
-
Get the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
¶
-
Disable the flash hide protection area access.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
¶
-
Check if the flash hide protection area access is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash hide protection area access (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
¶
- group FLASH_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
-
Set Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_SetLatency
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
latency – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetLatency
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance. ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_GetLatency
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash prefetch is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash prefetch (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash low power read mode is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash low power read mode (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Request flash bank power down mode during run mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ACR PDREQx (x : 1 to 2) LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash power down key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PDKEY1R/PDKEY2R PDKEY1/PDKEY2 LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSKEYR/SECKEYR NSKEY/SECKEY LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash unlock key for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSKEYR NSKEY LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_EnableBank1MassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Set the flash page erase index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Set the flash page erase index for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the configuration of flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the configuration of flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash erase operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash erase operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Start the flash erase page.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Start the flash erase page for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Start the flash erase bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Start the flash erase bank for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable all flash operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable all flash operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash option bytes modification.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Enable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Enable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Disable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Disable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Launch the flash option bytes loading.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash option bytes loading is launched.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes launch (1 launched / 0 not launched).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sec_state_inversion
)
-
Set the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sec_state_inversion – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash option bytes control access registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash option bytes control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash control assess registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_Lock
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash control assess registers for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_IsLocked
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ADDR_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR BK_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR BK_ECC/SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECC interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC single error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCC flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash ECC single error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC double error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCD flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash ECC double error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR ADDR_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR BK_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR SYSF_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation system flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation code.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR CODE_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation code.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rdp_level
)
-
Set the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rdp_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bor_level
)
-
Set the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bor_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram
)
-
Set the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
-
Set the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in stop mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in standby mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
-
Set the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
swap_bank
)
-
Set the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
swap_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
single_dual_bank
)
-
Set the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
single_dual_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if flash backup rAM ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCBKPRAM (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM3
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash sram3 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM3
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash sram3 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM3
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash sram3 ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM3_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM3
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCSRAM3 (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash sram2 ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCSRAM2 (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram2
)
-
Set the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sw_boot0
)
-
Set the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR nSWBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sw_boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
nboot0
)
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
nboot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot0
)
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash PA15 pull-up is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes PA15 pull-up (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDD voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash global TrustZone security is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes trustzone (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unlock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash secure boot address 0 lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes secure boot lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Configuration the flash secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT/SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash hide protection area is enabled or disabled by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes hide protection area (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check the flash write protection area A lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check the flash write protection area B lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area B configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Configuration the flash write protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area by bank and area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Check the flash write protection area lock state by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEM1 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR1 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEM1 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR2 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEM2 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR1 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEM2 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR2 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEMx least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR1/OEM2KEYR1 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEMx most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR2/OEM2KEYR2 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
sec_attr
)
-
Set the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sec_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
-
Get the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
priv_attr
)
-
Set the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
priv_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
-
Get the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
-
Disable the flash hide protection area access.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
-
Check if the flash hide protection area access is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash hide protection area access (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
- group FLASH_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
-
Set Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_SetLatency
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
latency – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetLatency
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get Flash latency.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance. ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_GetLatency
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable flash prefetch.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash prefetch is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPrefetch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash prefetch (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_EnableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable flash low power read mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_DisableLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash low power read mode is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR LPM LL_FLASH_IsEnabledLowPWRReadMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash low power read mode (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Request flash bank power down mode during run mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ACR PDREQx (x : 1 to 2) LL_FLASH_BANK_RequestPWRDownRunMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_SetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash power mode during sleep mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ACR SLEEP_PD LL_FLASH_GetPWRDownSleepMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash power down key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PDKEY1R/PDKEY2R PDKEY1/PDKEY2 LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPWRDownRunModeKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY1_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_1
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_1 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
LL_FLASH_PDKEY2_2 for LL_FLASH_BANK_2
-
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSKEYR/SECKEYR NSKEY/SECKEY LL_FLASH_SetUnlockKey
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash unlock key for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSKEYR NSKEY LL_FLASH_NS_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_EnableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_EnableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_DisableProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_DisableProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG LL_FLASH_IsEnabledProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PG LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledProgramming
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure programming (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_EnablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_EnablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash page erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_DisablePageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash page erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_DisablePageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PER LL_FLASH_IsEnabledPageErase
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash page erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR PER LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledPageErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure page erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_EnableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_DisableMassErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash bank mass erase for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_EnableBank1MassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank mass erase is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_IsEnabledMassErase
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure mass erase (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Set the flash page erase index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Set the flash page erase index for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB LL_FLASH_NS_BANK_SetPageEraseIndex
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_SetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash programming mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BWR LL_FLASH_GetProgrammingMode
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash programming mode for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR BWR LL_FLASH_NS_GetProgrammingMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the configuration of flash programming.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
programming_mode
)
-
Set the configuration of flash programming for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR PG/BWR LL_FLASH_NS_SetConfigProgramming
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
programming_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash erase operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash erase operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseOperation
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Start the flash erase page.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
page_idx
)
-
Start the flash erase page for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR BKER/PNB/PER/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartErasePage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
page_idx – This parameter a value in [0:127]
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Start the flash erase bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Start the flash erase bank for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR MER1/MER2/STRT LL_FLASH_NS_StartEraseBank
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable all flash operation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable all flash operation for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE/PG/PER/MER1/MER2 LL_FLASH_NS_DisableAllOperation
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Start the flash option bytes modification.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_StartModification
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Enable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Enable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Disable the flash interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
interrupt
)
-
Disable the flash interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR EOPIE/ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
interrupt – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash end of operation interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR EOPIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure EOP interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_EnableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash error interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash error interrupt for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_DisableIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash error interrupt is enabled or disabled for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR ERRIE LL_FLASH_NS_IsEnabledIT_ERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure ERR interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Launch the flash option bytes loading.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_Launch
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash option bytes loading is launched.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OBL_LAUNCH LL_FLASH_OB_IsLaunched
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes launch (1 launched / 0 not launched).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sec_state_inversion
)
-
Set the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_SetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sec_state_inversion – This parameter can be one of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash security state inversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECCR INV LL_FLASH_GetSecurityStateInversion
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash option bytes control access registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash option bytes control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR OPTLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash control assess registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_Lock
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash control assess registers for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_Lock
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSCR/SECCR LOCK LL_FLASH_IsLocked
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash control access registers lock state for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSCR LOCK LL_FLASH_NS_IsLocked
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ADDR_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR BK_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash ECC fail area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR BK_ECC/SYSF_ECC LL_FLASH_GetECCFailArea
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : ECC failed systeme flash.
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_EnableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash ECC interrupt.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_DisableIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC interrupt is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCIE LL_FLASH_IsEnabledIT_ECC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECC interruption (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC single error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCC flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash ECC single error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCC LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCC
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash ECC double error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash ECCD flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash ECC double error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECCR ECCD LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_ECCD
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation address offset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR ADDR_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedAddressOffset
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation address offset.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR BK_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation system flash.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR SYSF_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedFlash
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation system flash.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash interrupted operation code.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPSR CODE_OP LL_FLASH_GetOperInterruptedCode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value : the flash interrupted operation code.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rdp_level
)
-
Set the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_SetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rdp_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash Readout protection level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR RDP LL_FLASH_OB_GetRDPLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bor_level
)
-
Set the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_SetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bor_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash BOR level.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOR_LEV LL_FLASH_OB_GetBORLevel
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_DisableNRSTStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
rst_generation
)
-
Set the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_SetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
rst_generation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash reset generation in shutdown mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NRST_SHDW LL_FLASH_OB_GetNRSTShutdownMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram
)
-
Set the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash erase sram upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAMErase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
-
Set the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash independent watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetIWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in stop mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STOP LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStopMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in stop mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Freeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_FreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unfreeze the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_UnfreezeIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash independent watchdog counter in standby mode is frozen.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IWDG_STDBY LL_FLASH_OB_IsFrozenIWDGStandbyMode
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes IWDG counter in standby mode (1 frozen / 0 not frozen).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hw_sw_selection
)
-
Set the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_SetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hw_sw_selection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash window watchdog selection.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR WWDG_SW LL_FLASH_OB_GetWWDGSelection
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
swap_bank
)
-
Set the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
swap_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash swap banks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SWAP_BANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetSwapBanks
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
single_dual_bank
)
-
Set the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_SetBank
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
single_dual_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash single or dual bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR DUALBANK LL_FLASH_OB_GetBank
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash backup ram ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if flash backup rAM ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BKPRAM_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCBKPRAM
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCBKPRAM (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_EnableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash sram2 ECC.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_DisableECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash sram2 ECC is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_ECC LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledECCSRAM2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes ECCSRAM2 (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
erase_sram2
)
-
Set the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_SetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
erase_sram2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash sram2 erase upon system reset.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR SRAM2_RST LL_FLASH_OB_GetSystemRstSRAM2Erase
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
sw_boot0
)
-
Set the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR nSWBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
sw_boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash software boot0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSWBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
nboot0
)
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
nboot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR NBOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot0
)
-
Set the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot0 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash NBOOT0 option bit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR BOOT0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetBoot0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash PA15 pull-up.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisablePA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash PA15 pull-up is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR PA15_PUPEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledPA15PullUp
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes PA15 pull-up (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDD voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDD_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIOHSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDD voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_EnableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_DisableVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR IO_VDDIO2_HSLV LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledVddIO2HSLV
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes high speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_EnableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash global TrustZone security.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_DisableTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash global TrustZone security is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTR TZEN LL_FLASH_OB_IsEnabledTrustZone
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes trustzone (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD0R NSBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_SetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
addr_idx
)
-
Set the flash non-secure boot base address.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSBOOTADD0R/NSBOOTADD1R NSBOOTADD0/NSBOOTADD1 LL_FLASH_OB_GetNSecBootAddr
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
addr_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Lock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_LockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Unlock the flash secure boot address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_UnlockBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check the flash secure boot address 0 lock state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R BOOT_LOCK LL_FLASH_OB_IsLockedBootConfiguration
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes secure boot lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
boot_addr
)
-
Set the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_SetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
boot_addr – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Get the flash secure boot base address 0.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SECBOOTADD0R SECBOOTADD0 LL_FLASH_OB_GetSecBootAddr0
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1 SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetWMAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Configuration the flash secure watermark area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R1/SECWM2R1 SECWM1_PSTRT/SECWM2_PSTRT/SECWM1_PEND/SECWM2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigSecureWMArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1_PEND/HDP2_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetHDPAreaEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Enable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_EnableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Disable the flash hide protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_DisableHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash hide protection area is enabled or disabled by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECWM1R2/SECWM2R2 HDP1EN/HDP2EN LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsEnabledHDPArea
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes hide protection area (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR WRP1A_PEND/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaAWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area A by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check the flash write protection area A lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaAWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
start_page
)
-
Set the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPStartPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Set the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_SetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR WRP1B_PEND/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaBWRPEndPage
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area B by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check the flash write protection area B lock state by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaBWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area B configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
,
uint32_t
start_page
,
uint32_t
end_page
)
-
Configuration the flash write protection area by bank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT/WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT/WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT/WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT/WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_ConfigAreaWRP
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
start_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
end_page – This parameter can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Get the flash start page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PSTRT LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPStartPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Get the flash end page of the write protection area per bank area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
WRP1AR WRP1A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2AR WRP2A_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP1BR WRP1B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
WRP2BR WRP2B_PEND LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_GetAreaWRPEndPage
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00U and the maximum number of pages per bank.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Lock the flash write protection area by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_LockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Unlock the flash write protection area by bank and area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_UnlockAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
area
)
-
Check the flash write protection area lock state by bank by area.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) WRP1AR/WRP2AR/WRP1BR/WRP2BR UNLOCK LL_FLASH_OB_BANK_IsLockedAreaWRP
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
area – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash option bytes write protection area A configuration lock (1 locked / 0 unlocked).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEM1 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR1 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem1_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEM1 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM1KEYR2 OEM1KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM1KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem1_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEM2 least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR1 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyLowBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem2_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEM2 most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OEM2KEYR2 OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEM2KeyHighBytes
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem2_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key1
)
-
Set the flash OEMx least significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR1/OEM2KEYR1 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyLowBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key1 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
oem_idx
,
uint32_t
oemx_key2
)
-
Set the flash OEMx most significant bytes key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OEM1KEYR2/OEM2KEYR2 OEM1KEY/OEM2KEY LL_FLASH_SetOEMxKeyHighBytes
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
oem_idx – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
oemx_key2 – This parameter can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
sec_attr
)
-
Set the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sec_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
-
Get the flash security attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECBB1Rx/SECBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] SEC1BBi/SEC2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBSecure
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
,
uint32_t
priv_attr
)
-
Set the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_SetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
priv_attr – This parameter can be a value between Min_Data=0x00000000U to Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFFU
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
,
uint32_t
bank_group
)
-
Get the flash privilege attribute for the bank block based.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) PRIVBB1Rx/PRIVBB2Rx [x : 0 to 8] PRIV1BBi/PRIV2BBi [i : 0 to 31] LL_FLASH_BANK_GetBBPrivilege
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
bank_group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a value between 0x00000000U and 0xFFFFFFFFU.
-
void
LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
-
Disable the flash hide protection area access.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_DisableHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
hdp_bank
)
-
Check if the flash hide protection area access is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) SECHDPCR HDP1_ACCDIS/HDP2_ACCDIS LL_FLASH_BANK_IsEnabledHDPAreaAccess
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
hdp_bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of flash hide protection area access (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR SPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Enable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_EnableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Disable the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_DisableNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash privileged protection for the non-secure registers is enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PRIVCFGR NSPRIV LL_FLASH_IsEnabledNSecurePrivilege
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of flash non-secure privilege (1 enabled / 0 disabled).
-
void
LL_FLASH_SetLatency
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
latency
)
Flag Management ¶
- group FLASH_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
¶
-
Set the flash option bytes unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTKEYR OPTKEY LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Check if any of the selected flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Read the state of selected flash ECC operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR ECCC/ECCD/ECCIE/BK/SYSF/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Read the state of selected flash operation status flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OPSR CODE/SYSF/BK/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Clear the flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Check if any of the selected non-secure flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Clear the flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash operation error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash operation error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is activefor the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash size error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash size error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash option bytes write error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OPTWERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Clear the flash option bytes write error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR BSY LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR BSY LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WDW LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WDW LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash OEM1 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM1LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM1LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash OEM2 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM2LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM2LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash bank1 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD1 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD1 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
¶
-
Check if the flash bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD2 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD2 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
¶
-
Check if the flash bank1 or bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of PDx flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in power-down mode.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
¶
- group FLASH_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash option bytes unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTKEYR OPTKEY LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Check if any of the selected flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash ECC operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR ECCC/ECCD/ECCIE/BK/SYSF/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation status flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OPSR CODE/SYSF/BK/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear the flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Check if any of the selected non-secure flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear the flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash operation error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash operation error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is activefor the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash size error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash size error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash option bytes write error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OPTWERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash option bytes write error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR BSY LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR BSY LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WDW LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WDW LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash OEM1 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM1LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM1LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash OEM2 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM2LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM2LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash bank1 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD1 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD1 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD2 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD2 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank1 or bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of PDx flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in power-down mode.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
- group FLASH_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)
-
Set the flash option bytes unlock key.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OPTKEYR OPTKEY LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
key – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Check if any of the selected flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_SR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash ECC operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) ECCR ECCC/ECCD/ECCIE/BK/SYSF/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_ECCR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation status flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) OPSR CODE/SYSF/BK/ADDR LL_FLASH_ReadFlag_OPSR
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear the flash operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Check if any of the selected non-secure flags is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag_SR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Read the state of selected flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR/BSY/WDW LL_FLASH_NS_ReadFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of selected flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear the flash operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR EOP/OPERR/PROGERR/WRPERR/PGAERR/SIZERR/PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag
-
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values :
-
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash end of operation flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure EOP flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR EOP LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_EOP
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash end of operation flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR EOP LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_EOP
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash operation error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure ERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash operation error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR OPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash operation error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_OPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PROGERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PROGERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PROGERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PROGERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash write protection error flag is activefor the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WRPERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_WRPERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash write protection error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WRPERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_WRPERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming alignment error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGAERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGAERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming alignment error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGAERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGAERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash size error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure SIZERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash size error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_SIZERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash size error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR SIZERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_SIZERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash programming sequence error flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure PGSERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_PGSERR
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
void
LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash programming sequence error flag for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PGSERR LL_FLASH_NS_ClearFlag_PGSERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash option bytes write error flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OPTWERR flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
void
LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Clear the flash option bytes write error flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OPTWERR LL_FLASH_ClearFlag_OPTWERR
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR BSY LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_BSY
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash busy flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR BSY LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_BSY
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure BSY flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions) NSSR/SECSR WDW LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_WDW
-
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash wait data to write flag is active for the non-secure flash memory.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR WDW LL_FLASH_NS_IsActiveFlag_WDW
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of non-secure WDW flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash OEM1 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM1LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM1LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM1LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash OEM2 lock flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR OEM2LOCK LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_OEM2LOCK
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of OEM2LOCK flag (1 active / 0 not active).
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash bank1 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD1 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD1
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD1 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 1 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
)
-
Check if the flash bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD2 LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD2
- Parameters :
-
FLASH – instance.
- Return values :
-
State – of PD2 flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank 2 is in power-down mode.
-
uint32_t
LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
(
const
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
bank
)
-
Check if the flash bank1 or bank2 power down mode flag is active.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
NSSR PD LL_FLASH_IsActiveFlag_PD
- Parameters :
-
-
FLASH – instance.
-
bank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
State – of PDx flag 0 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in normal mode. 1 : the FLASH memory bank1 or bank2 is in power-down mode.
-
void
LL_FLASH_OB_SetUnlockKey
(
FLASH_TypeDef
*
flashx
,
uint32_t
key
)